Sema.h revision 3973f28f347bf8ca3cca31ea30da235c95701231
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
48#include <deque>
49#include <string>
50
51namespace llvm {
52  class APSInt;
53  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
54  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
55  class SmallBitVector;
56}
57
58namespace clang {
59  class ADLResult;
60  class ASTConsumer;
61  class ASTContext;
62  class ASTMutationListener;
63  class ASTReader;
64  class ASTWriter;
65  class ArrayType;
66  class AttributeList;
67  class BlockDecl;
68  class CXXBasePath;
69  class CXXBasePaths;
70  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
71  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
72  class CXXConstructorDecl;
73  class CXXConversionDecl;
74  class CXXDestructorDecl;
75  class CXXFieldCollector;
76  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
77  class CXXMethodDecl;
78  class CXXScopeSpec;
79  class CXXTemporary;
80  class CXXTryStmt;
81  class CallExpr;
82  class ClassTemplateDecl;
83  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
84  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
85  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
86  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
87  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
88  class CodeCompletionResult;
89  class Decl;
90  class DeclAccessPair;
91  class DeclContext;
92  class DeclRefExpr;
93  class DeclaratorDecl;
94  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
95  class DependentDiagnostic;
96  class DesignatedInitExpr;
97  class Designation;
98  class EnumConstantDecl;
99  class Expr;
100  class ExtVectorType;
101  class ExternalSemaSource;
102  class FormatAttr;
103  class FriendDecl;
104  class FunctionDecl;
105  class FunctionProtoType;
106  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
107  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
108  class InitListExpr;
109  class InitializationKind;
110  class InitializationSequence;
111  class InitializedEntity;
112  class IntegerLiteral;
113  class LabelStmt;
114  class LambdaExpr;
115  class LangOptions;
116  class LocalInstantiationScope;
117  class LookupResult;
118  class MacroInfo;
119  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
120  class NamedDecl;
121  class NonNullAttr;
122  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
123  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
124  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
125  class ObjCContainerDecl;
126  class ObjCImplDecl;
127  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
128  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
129  class ObjCIvarDecl;
130  template <class T> class ObjCList;
131  class ObjCMessageExpr;
132  class ObjCMethodDecl;
133  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
134  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
135  class OverloadCandidateSet;
136  class OverloadExpr;
137  class ParenListExpr;
138  class ParmVarDecl;
139  class Preprocessor;
140  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
141  class PseudoObjectExpr;
142  class QualType;
143  class StandardConversionSequence;
144  class Stmt;
145  class StringLiteral;
146  class SwitchStmt;
147  class TargetAttributesSema;
148  class TemplateArgument;
149  class TemplateArgumentList;
150  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
151  class TemplateDecl;
152  class TemplateParameterList;
153  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
154  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
155  class Token;
156  class TypeAliasDecl;
157  class TypedefDecl;
158  class TypedefNameDecl;
159  class TypeLoc;
160  class UnqualifiedId;
161  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
162  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
163  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
164  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
165  class UsingDecl;
166  class UsingShadowDecl;
167  class ValueDecl;
168  class VarDecl;
169  class VisibilityAttr;
170  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
171  class IndirectFieldDecl;
172
173namespace sema {
174  class AccessedEntity;
175  class BlockScopeInfo;
176  class CapturingScopeInfo;
177  class CompoundScopeInfo;
178  class DelayedDiagnostic;
179  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
180  class FunctionScopeInfo;
181  class LambdaScopeInfo;
182  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
183  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
184}
185
186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
189                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
190
191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
192class Sema {
193  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
194  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
195  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
196
197  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
198  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
199
200  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
201  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
202
203public:
204  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
205  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
206  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
207
208  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
209  FPOptions FPFeatures;
210
211  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
212  Preprocessor &PP;
213  ASTContext &Context;
214  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
215  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
216  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
217
218  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
219  bool CollectStats;
220
221  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
222  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
223
224  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
225  DeclContext *CurContext;
226
227  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
228  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
229  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
230
231  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
232  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
233  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
234
235  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
236  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
237  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
238
239  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
240
241  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
242  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
243
244  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
245  ///
246  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
247  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
248  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
249
250  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
251  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
252  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
253
254  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
255  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
256  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
257  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
258
259  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
260
261  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
262  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
263  ///
264  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
265  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
266  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
267  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
268
269  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
270                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
271    ExtVectorDeclsType;
272
273  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
274  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
275  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
276  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
277
278  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
279  /// definitions being hidden.
280  ///
281  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
282  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
283
284  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
285  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
286
287  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
288
289  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
290  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
291
292  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
293
294  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
295  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
296  /// same list more than once.
297  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
298
299  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
300  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
301  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
302
303  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
304  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
305  ///
306  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
307  /// scoped, e.g.,
308  ///
309  /// \code
310  /// void f() {
311  ///   void foo(int, int);
312  /// }
313  /// \endcode
314  ///
315  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
316  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
317  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
318  ///
319  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
320  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
321  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
322  ///     compatibility.
323  ///
324  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
325  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
326  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
327  ///     not visible.
328  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
329
330  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
331  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
332  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
333
334  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
335                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
336    TentativeDefinitionsType;
337
338  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
339  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
340
341  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
342                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
343    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
344
345  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
346  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
347  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
348
349  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
350                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
351    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
352
353  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
354  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
355  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
356
357  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
358  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
359  /// exception spec.
360  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
361
362  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
363  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
364  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
365  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
366                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
367      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
368
369  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
370  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
371  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
372  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
373  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
374  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
375  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
376  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
377    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
378
379  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
380  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
381  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
382  void *OpaqueParser;
383
384  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
385    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
386    OpaqueParser = P;
387  }
388
389  class DelayedDiagnostics;
390
391  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
392    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
393    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
394  };
395  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
396  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
397
398  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
399  /// during parsing and other processing.
400  class DelayedDiagnostics {
401    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
402    /// diagnostics should go.
403    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
404
405  public:
406    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
407
408    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
409    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
410
411    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
412    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
413
414    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
415    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
416      return CurPool;
417    }
418
419    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
420    /// collected in this pool.
421    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
422      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
423      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
424      CurPool = &pool;
425      return state;
426    }
427
428    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
429    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
430    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
431    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
432      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
433    }
434
435    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
436    /// not delayed.
437    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
438      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
439      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
440      CurPool = 0;
441      return state;
442    }
443
444    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
445    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
446      assert(CurPool == NULL);
447      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
448    }
449  } DelayedDiagnostics;
450
451  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
452  class ContextRAII {
453  private:
454    Sema &S;
455    DeclContext *SavedContext;
456    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
457    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
458
459  public:
460    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
461      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
462        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
463        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
464    {
465      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
466      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
467    }
468
469    void pop() {
470      if (!SavedContext) return;
471      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
472      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
473      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
474      SavedContext = 0;
475    }
476
477    ~ContextRAII() {
478      pop();
479    }
480  };
481
482  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
483  /// a function body.
484  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
485    Sema &S;
486    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
487
488  public:
489    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
490      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
491    {
492      S.PushFunctionScope();
493      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
494    }
495
496    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
497      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
498      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
499    }
500  };
501
502  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
503  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
504  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
505  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
506
507  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
508  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
509  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
510  /// in the currently selected standard.
511  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
512
513
514  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
515  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
516
517  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
518  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
519  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
520  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
521  /// It would be best to refactor this.
522  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
523
524  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
525
526  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
527  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
528  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
529  Scope *TUScope;
530
531  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
532  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
533
534  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
535  /// standard library.
536  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
537
538  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
539  /// \<initializer_list>.
540  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
541
542  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
543  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
544
545  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
546  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
547
548  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
549  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
550
551  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
552  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
553
554  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
555  QualType NSNumberPointer;
556
557  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
558  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
559
560  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
561  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
562
563  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
564  QualType NSStringPointer;
565
566  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
567  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
568
569  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
570  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
571
572  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
573  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
574
575  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
576  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
577
578  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
579  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
580
581  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
582  QualType QIDNSCopying;
583
584  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
585  /// have been declared.
586  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
587
588  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
589  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
590  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
591    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
592    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
593    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
594    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
595    /// run time.
596    Unevaluated,
597
598    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
599    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
600    /// cases in a switch statment).
601    ConstantEvaluated,
602
603    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
604    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
605    /// expression at run time.
606    PotentiallyEvaluated,
607
608    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
609    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
610    /// in fact the current expression is used.
611    ///
612    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
613    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
614    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
615    /// until the default argument is used.
616    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
617  };
618
619  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
620  /// expression evaluation contexts.
621  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
622    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
623    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
624
625    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
626    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
627
628    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
629    bool IsDecltype;
630
631    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
632    /// this expression evaluation context.
633    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
634
635    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
636
637    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
638    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
639    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
640
641    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
642    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
643    /// default function argument.
644    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
645
646    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
647    /// within this context.
648    ///
649    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
650    /// do not have lambda expressions.
651    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
652
653    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
654    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
655    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
656
657    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
658    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
659    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
660
661    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
662                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
663                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
664                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
665                                      bool IsDecltype)
666      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
667        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
668        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
669
670    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
671    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
672      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
673      if (!LambdaMangle)
674        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
675      return *LambdaMangle;
676    }
677  };
678
679  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
680  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
681
682  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
683  /// function.
684  ///
685  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
686  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
687  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
688  public:
689    enum Kind {
690      NoMemberOrDeleted,
691      Ambiguous,
692      Success
693    };
694
695  private:
696    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
697
698  public:
699    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
700      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
701    {}
702
703    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
704    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
705
706    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
707    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
708  };
709
710  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
711  /// for C++ records.
712  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
713
714  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
715  ///
716  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
717  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
718  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
719  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
720  /// checks.
721  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
722
723  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
724
725  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
726  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
727
728  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
729    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
730
731  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
732  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
733  ///
734  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
735  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
736  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
737  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
738  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
739
740  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
741  // argument locations.
742  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
743
744  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
745  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
746  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
747
748  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
749  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
750
751  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
752  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
753  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
754  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
755  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
756
757  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
758  /// of -Wselector.
759  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
760
761  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
762  enum CXXSpecialMember {
763    CXXDefaultConstructor,
764    CXXCopyConstructor,
765    CXXMoveConstructor,
766    CXXCopyAssignment,
767    CXXMoveAssignment,
768    CXXDestructor,
769    CXXInvalid
770  };
771
772  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
773
774  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
775  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
776  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
777  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
778
779  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
780
781  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
782  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
783
784  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
785  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
786  /// should not be used elsewhere.
787  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
788
789  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
790  /// statements.
791  class FPContractStateRAII {
792  public:
793    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
794      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
795    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
796      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
797    }
798  private:
799    Sema& S;
800    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
801  };
802
803public:
804  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
805       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
806       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
807  ~Sema();
808
809  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
810  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
811  void Initialize();
812
813  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
814  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
815  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
816
817  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
818  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
819  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
820  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
821  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
822  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
823  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
824  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
825
826  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
827  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
828  ///
829  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
830  ///
831  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
832
833  void PrintStats() const;
834
835  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
836  /// template instantiation stacks.
837  ///
838  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
839  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
840  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
841  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
842  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
843  /// well.
844  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
845    Sema &SemaRef;
846    unsigned DiagID;
847
848  public:
849    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
850      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
851
852    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
853      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
854      if (!isActive()) return;
855
856      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
857      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
858      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
859      //
860      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
861      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
862      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
863      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
864      // eliminate that code.
865      FlushCounts();
866      Clear();
867
868      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
869      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
870    }
871  };
872
873  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
874  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
875    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
876    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
877  }
878
879  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
880  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
881
882  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
883  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
884
885  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
886
887  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
888  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
889  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
890
891  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
892  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
893  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
894
895  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
896
897  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
898
899  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
900
901  void PushFunctionScope();
902  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
903  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
904  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
905                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
906
907  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
908    return FunctionScopes.back();
909  }
910
911  void PushCompoundScope();
912  void PopCompoundScope();
913
914  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
915
916  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
917
918  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
919  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
920
921  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
922  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
923
924  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
925  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
926
927  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
928
929  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
930  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
931  //
932
933  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
934  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
935    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
936  }
937  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
938                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
939  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
940                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
941  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
942                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
943                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
944  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
945                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
946  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
947                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
948                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
949                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
950                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
951                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
952  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
953                                  SourceLocation Loc,
954                                  DeclarationName Entity);
955  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
956                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
957  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
958  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
959
960  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
961  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
962  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
963                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
964
965  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
966  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
967  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
968  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
969  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
970  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
971  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
972                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
973  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
974  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
975  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
976  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
977      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
978      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
979  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
980      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
981      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
982      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
983      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
984      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
985      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
986      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
987  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
988      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
989      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
990      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
991  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
992      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
993      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
994
995  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
996
997  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
998  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
999  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1000
1001  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1002  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1003    bool Suppressed;
1004
1005    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1006
1007    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1008    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1009  };
1010
1011  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1012  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1013  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1014  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1015  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1016  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1017  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1018    return II;
1019  }
1020  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1021  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1022  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1023  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1024  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1025  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1026
1027  template<typename T1>
1028  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1029    unsigned DiagID;
1030    const T1 &Arg1;
1031
1032  public:
1033    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1034      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1035    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1036      if (Suppressed) return;
1037      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1038    }
1039
1040    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1041  };
1042
1043  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1044  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1045    unsigned DiagID;
1046    const T1 &Arg1;
1047    const T2 &Arg2;
1048
1049  public:
1050    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1051                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1052      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1053        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1054
1055    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1056      if (Suppressed) return;
1057      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1058    }
1059
1060    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1061  };
1062
1063  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1064  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1065    unsigned DiagID;
1066    const T1 &Arg1;
1067    const T2 &Arg2;
1068    const T3 &Arg3;
1069
1070  public:
1071    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1072                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1073    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1074      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1075
1076    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1077      if (Suppressed) return;
1078      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1079        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1080    }
1081
1082    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1083  };
1084
1085  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1086                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1087  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1088                           unsigned DiagID);
1089
1090  template<typename T1>
1091  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1092                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1093    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1094    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1095  }
1096
1097  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1098  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1099                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1100    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1101    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1102  }
1103
1104  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1105  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1106                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1107                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1108    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1109                                                        Arg3);
1110    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1111  }
1112
1113  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1114  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1115
1116  template<typename T1>
1117  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1118    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1119    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1120  }
1121
1122  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1123  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1124                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1125    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1126    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1127  }
1128
1129  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1130  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1131                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1132    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1133                                                        Arg3);
1134    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1135  }
1136
1137  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1138                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1139  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1140
1141  template<typename T1>
1142  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1143                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1144    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1145    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1146  }
1147
1148  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1149  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1150                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1151    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1152    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1153  }
1154
1155  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1156  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1157                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1158                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1159    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1160                                                        Arg3);
1161    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1162  }
1163
1164  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1165                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1166
1167  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1168  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1169  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1170                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1171                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1172
1173  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1174  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1175  //
1176
1177  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1178  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1179  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1180  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1181  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1182  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1183  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1184  /// such as:
1185  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1186  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1187
1188  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1189
1190  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1191
1192  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1193
1194  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1195                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1196                         bool isClassName = false,
1197                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1198                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1199                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1200                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1201                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1202  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1203  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1204  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1205                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1206                               Scope *S,
1207                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1208                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1209
1210  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1211  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1212  enum NameClassificationKind {
1213    NC_Unknown,
1214    NC_Error,
1215    NC_Keyword,
1216    NC_Type,
1217    NC_Expression,
1218    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1219    NC_TypeTemplate,
1220    NC_FunctionTemplate
1221  };
1222
1223  class NameClassification {
1224    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1225    ExprResult Expr;
1226    TemplateName Template;
1227    ParsedType Type;
1228    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1229
1230    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1231
1232  public:
1233    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1234
1235    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1236
1237    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1238      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1239
1240    static NameClassification Error() {
1241      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1242    }
1243
1244    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1245      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1246    }
1247
1248    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1249      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1250    }
1251
1252    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1253      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1254      Result.Template = Name;
1255      return Result;
1256    }
1257
1258    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1259      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1260      Result.Template = Name;
1261      return Result;
1262    }
1263
1264    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1265
1266    ParsedType getType() const {
1267      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1268      return Type;
1269    }
1270
1271    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1272      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1273      return Expr;
1274    }
1275
1276    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1277      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1278      return Template;
1279    }
1280
1281    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1282      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1283      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1284    }
1285  };
1286
1287  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1288  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1289  ///
1290  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1291  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1292  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1293  ///
1294  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1295  ///
1296  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1297  ///
1298  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1299  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1300  ///
1301  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1302  ///
1303  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1304  /// disambiguate the name.
1305  ///
1306  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1307  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1308  ///        expression.
1309  ///
1310  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1311  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1312                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1313                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1314                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1315                                  const Token &NextToken,
1316                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1317                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1318
1319  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1320
1321  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1322                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1323  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1324                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1325                                        Scope *S);
1326  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1327  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1328                                    DeclarationName Name,
1329                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1330  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1331  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1332  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1333  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1334  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1335  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1336                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1337                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1338  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1339                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1340  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1341                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1342                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1343                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1344  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1345  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1346  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1347  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1348  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1349  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1350                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1351                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1352                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1353                                     bool &AddToScope);
1354  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1355  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1356
1357  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1358  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1359
1360  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1361  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1362  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1363                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1364                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1365  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1366  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1367  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1368                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1369                                          QualType T);
1370  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1371                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1372                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1373                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1374  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1375                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1376                                 Expr *defarg);
1377  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1378                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1379                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1380  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1381  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1382                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1383
1384  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1385                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1386  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1387  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1388  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1389  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1390  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1391  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1392  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1393                                         Decl **Group,
1394                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1395  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1396                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1397
1398  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1399  /// documentation comments.
1400  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1401  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1402
1403  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1404                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1405  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1406  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1407  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1408  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1409  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1410    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1411  }
1412
1413  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1414  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1415  /// code for that function.
1416  ///
1417  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1418  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1419  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1420  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1421
1422  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1423  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1424  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1425  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1426
1427  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1428  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1429  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1430
1431  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1432  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1433  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1434                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1435
1436  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1437  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1438  /// specified threshold.
1439  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1440                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1441                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1442                                              NamedDecl *D);
1443
1444  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1445  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1446                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1447                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1448
1449  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1450  ///
1451  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1452  ///
1453  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1454  ///
1455  /// \param Path The module access path.
1456  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1457                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1458
1459  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1460  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1461    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1462  }
1463
1464  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1465  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1466                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1467
1468  /// Scope actions.
1469  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1470  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1471
1472  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1473                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1474  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1475                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1476                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1477
1478  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1479                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1480                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1481
1482  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1483                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1484
1485  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1486                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1487                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1488                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1489
1490  enum TagUseKind {
1491    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1492    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1493    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1494    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1495  };
1496
1497  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1498                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1499                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1500                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1501                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1502                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1503                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1504                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1505                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1506
1507  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1508                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1509                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1510                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1511                                AttributeList *Attr,
1512                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1513
1514  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1515                               unsigned TagSpec,
1516                               TagUseKind TUK,
1517                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1518                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1519                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1520                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1521
1522  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1523                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1524                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1525  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1526                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1527
1528  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1529                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1530                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1531                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1532
1533  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1534                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1535                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1536                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1537                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1538                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1539                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1540                            Declarator *D = 0);
1541
1542  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1543  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1544  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1545                              bool Diagnose = false);
1546  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1547  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1548                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1549  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1550                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1551                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1552
1553  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1554  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1555                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1556                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1557                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1558
1559  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1560  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1561  /// struct, or union).
1562  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1563
1564  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1565
1566  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1567  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1568  /// member declarations.
1569  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1570                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1571                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1572
1573  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1574  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1575  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1576                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1577
1578  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1579
1580  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1581  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1582  ///
1583  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1584  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1585  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1586
1587  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1588  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1589  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1590
1591  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1592                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1593                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1594                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1595                                      Expr *val);
1596  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1597  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1598                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1599
1600  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1601                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1602                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1603                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1604  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1605                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1606                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1607                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1608
1609  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1610
1611  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1612  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1613  void PopDeclContext();
1614
1615  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1616  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1617  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1618  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1619
1620  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1621  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1622  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1623
1624  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1625
1626  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1627  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1628  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1629  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1630
1631  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1632  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1633  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1634  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1635
1636  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1637  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1638  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1639  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1640
1641  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1642  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1643
1644  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1645  /// top level scope.
1646  ///
1647  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1648  ///
1649  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1650  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1651
1652  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1653  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1654  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1655  ///
1656  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1657  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1658  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1659  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1660                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1661
1662  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1663  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1664  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1665
1666  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1667  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1668                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1669  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1670
1671  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1672  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1673                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1674                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1675                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1676                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1677                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1678                                          StringRef Message);
1679  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1680                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
1681  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1682  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range);
1683  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1684                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg);
1685  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name);
1686  bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr);
1687
1688  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1689                           bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1690  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1691  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1692  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1693                                    Scope *S);
1694  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1695  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1696  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1697  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1698  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1699
1700  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1701  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1702  enum AssignmentAction {
1703    AA_Assigning,
1704    AA_Passing,
1705    AA_Returning,
1706    AA_Converting,
1707    AA_Initializing,
1708    AA_Sending,
1709    AA_Casting
1710  };
1711
1712  /// C++ Overloading.
1713  enum OverloadKind {
1714    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1715    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1716    Ovl_Overload,
1717
1718    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1719    /// an existing declaration.
1720    Ovl_Match,
1721
1722    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1723    /// non-function.
1724    Ovl_NonFunction
1725  };
1726  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1727                             FunctionDecl *New,
1728                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1729                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1730                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1731  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1732
1733  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1734  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1735  ///
1736  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1737  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1738  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1739
1740  ImplicitConversionSequence
1741  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1742                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1743                        bool AllowExplicit,
1744                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1745                        bool CStyle,
1746                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1747
1748  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1749  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1750  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1751  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1752                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1753                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1754  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1755                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1756  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1757                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1758  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1759                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1760  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1761                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1762                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1763  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1764                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1765
1766  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1767  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1768                              CastKind &Kind,
1769                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1770                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1771  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1772                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1773                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1774  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1775                                    CastKind &Kind,
1776                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1777                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1778  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1779                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1780  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1781                            QualType &ResultTy);
1782  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1783
1784
1785  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1786                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1787                                             QualType ResultType,
1788                                             Expr *Value,
1789                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1790
1791  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1792                                    ExprResult Init);
1793  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1794                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1795                                       ExprResult Init,
1796                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1797                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1798  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1799                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1800                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1801                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1802
1803  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1804  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1805
1806  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1807  enum CCEKind {
1808    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1809    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1810    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1811  };
1812  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1813                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1814
1815  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1816  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1817  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1818  public:
1819    bool Suppress;
1820    bool SuppressConversion;
1821
1822    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1823                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1824      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1825
1826    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1827    /// integral or enumeration type.
1828    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1829                                             QualType T) = 0;
1830
1831    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1832    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1833                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1834
1835    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1836    /// is explicit.
1837    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1838                                                   QualType T,
1839                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1840
1841    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1842    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1843    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1844
1845    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1846    /// functions.
1847    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1848                                                QualType T) = 0;
1849
1850    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1851    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1852                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1853
1854    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1855    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1856    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1857                                                 QualType T,
1858                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1859
1860    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1861  };
1862
1863  ExprResult
1864  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1865                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1866                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1867
1868  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1869    OS_Array,
1870    OS_Dictionary,
1871    OS_Error
1872  };
1873  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1874
1875  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
1876  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
1877  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
1878    LK_Array,
1879    LK_Dictionary,
1880    LK_Numeric,
1881    LK_Boxed,
1882    LK_String,
1883    LK_Block,
1884    LK_None
1885  };
1886  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
1887
1888  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1889                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1890                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1891                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1892
1893  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1894  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1895  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1896  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1897
1898  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1899                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1900                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1901                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1902                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1903                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1904                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1905  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1906                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1907                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1908                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1909                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1910  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1911                          QualType ObjectType,
1912                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1913                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1914                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1915                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1916  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1917                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1918                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1919                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1920                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1921                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1922                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1923  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1924                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1925                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1926                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1927                                  QualType ObjectType,
1928                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1929                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1930                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1931                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1932  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1933                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1934                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1935                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1936                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1937                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1938  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1939                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1940                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1941                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1942                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1943  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1944                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1945                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1946                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1947                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1948  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1949                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1950                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1951                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1952                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1953                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1954  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1955                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1956                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1957                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1958                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1959  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1960                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1961                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1962                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1963                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1964  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1965                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1966                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1967                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1968  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1969                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1970                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1971                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1972                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1973                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
1974
1975  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1976  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1977
1978  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1979  // identified by the expression Expr
1980  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1981
1982  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1983  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1984  // R (A) --> R(A)
1985  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1986  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1987  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1988  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1989
1990  FunctionDecl *
1991  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1992                                     QualType TargetType,
1993                                     bool Complain,
1994                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1995                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1996
1997  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1998                                                   bool Complain = false,
1999                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2000
2001  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2002                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2003                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2004                      bool Complain = false,
2005                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2006                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2007                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2008
2009
2010  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2011                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2012                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2013  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2014                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2015                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2016
2017  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2018                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2019                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2020                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2021
2022  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2023  // range-based for loop.
2024  enum ForRangeStatus {
2025    FRS_Success,
2026    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2027    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2028  };
2029
2030  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2031  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2032  enum BeginEndFunction {
2033    BEF_begin,
2034    BEF_end
2035  };
2036
2037  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2038                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2039                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2040                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2041                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2042                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2043                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2044                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2045
2046  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2047                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2048                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2049                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2050                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2051                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2052                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2053
2054  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2055                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2056                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2057                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2058                              ExprResult *Result);
2059
2060  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2061                                     unsigned Opc,
2062                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2063                                     Expr *input);
2064
2065  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2066                                   unsigned Opc,
2067                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2068                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2069
2070  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2071                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2072                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2073
2074  ExprResult
2075  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2076                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2077                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2078  ExprResult
2079  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2080                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2081                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2082
2083  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2084                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2085
2086  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2087  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2088  /// that best represents the call.
2089  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2090                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2091
2092  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2093  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2094                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2095  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2096  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2097  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2098
2099  /// \name Name lookup
2100  ///
2101  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2102  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2103  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2104  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2105  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2106  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2107  ///
2108  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2109  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2110  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2111  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2112  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2113  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2114  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2115  ///
2116  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2117  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2118  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2119  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2120  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2121  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2122  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2123  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2124  //@{
2125
2126  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2127  enum LookupNameKind {
2128    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2129    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2130    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2131    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2132    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2133    /// structs, and unions.
2134    LookupTagName,
2135    /// Label name lookup.
2136    LookupLabel,
2137    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2138    /// class/struct/union members.
2139    LookupMemberName,
2140    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2141    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2142    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2143    LookupOperatorName,
2144    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2145    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2146    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2147    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2148    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2149    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2150    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2151    LookupNamespaceName,
2152    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2153    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2154    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2155    LookupUsingDeclName,
2156    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2157    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2158    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2159    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2160    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2161    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2162    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2163    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2164    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2165    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2166    LookupAnyName
2167  };
2168
2169  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2170  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2171  enum RedeclarationKind {
2172    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2173    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2174    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2175    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2176    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2177    ForRedeclaration
2178  };
2179
2180  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2181  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2182    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2183    LOLR_Error,
2184    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2185    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2186    LOLR_Cooked,
2187    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2188    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2189    LOLR_Raw,
2190    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2191    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2192    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2193    LOLR_Template
2194  };
2195
2196  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2197                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2198                                                   bool ConstArg,
2199                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2200                                                   bool RValueThis,
2201                                                   bool ConstThis,
2202                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2203
2204private:
2205  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2206
2207  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2208  //
2209  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2210  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2211  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2212
2213  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2214  /// source.
2215  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2216
2217public:
2218  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2219  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2220  ///
2221  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2222  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2223  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2224                              SourceLocation Loc,
2225                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2226                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2227                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2228  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2229                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2230  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2231                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2232  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2233                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2234                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2235  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2236                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2237                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2238
2239  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2240                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2241                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2242
2243  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2244                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2245
2246  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2247  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2248  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2249                                               unsigned Quals);
2250  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2251                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2252  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2253                                              unsigned Quals);
2254  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2255                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2256  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2257
2258  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2259                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2260                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2261  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2262
2263  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2264                               SourceLocation Loc,
2265                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2266                               ADLResult &Functions);
2267
2268  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2269                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2270                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2271  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2272                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2273                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2274
2275  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2276                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2277                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2278                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2279                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2280                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2281                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2282
2283  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2284                                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2285                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2286                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2287
2288  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2289                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2290                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2291
2292  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2293  //@}
2294
2295  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2296                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2297                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2298  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2299                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2300                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2301  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2302                                      Scope *S);
2303  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2304
2305  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2306
2307  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2308  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2309                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2310  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2311                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
2312  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2313                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2314
2315  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2316
2317  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2318  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2319                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2320  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2321
2322  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2323  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2324                                   SourceRange Range);
2325
2326  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2327                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2328  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2329                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2330                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2331
2332  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2333                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2334                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2335
2336  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2337  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2338  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2339                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2340                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2341
2342  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2343                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2344
2345  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2346  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2347
2348  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2349  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2350  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2351                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2352                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2353                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2354                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2355                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2356
2357  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2358  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2359  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2360                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2361                                SourceLocation Loc);
2362
2363  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2364  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2365  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2366                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2367                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2368
2369  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2370  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2371  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2372                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2373                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2374
2375  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2376  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2377  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2378                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2379  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2380
2381  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2382  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2383  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2384            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2385            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2386
2387  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2388  /// class extensions.
2389  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2390                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2391                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2392                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2393                                       Selector GetterSel,
2394                                       Selector SetterSel,
2395                                       const bool isAssign,
2396                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2397                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2398                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2399                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2400                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2401                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2402
2403  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2404  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2405  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2406                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2407                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2408                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2409                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2410                                       Selector GetterSel,
2411                                       Selector SetterSel,
2412                                       const bool isAssign,
2413                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2414                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2415                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2416                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2417                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2418                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2419
2420  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2421  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2422  /// setter or getter.
2423  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2424                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2425
2426  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2427
2428  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2429
2430  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2431    MMS_loose,
2432    MMS_strict
2433  };
2434
2435  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2436  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2437  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2438                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2439                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2440
2441  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2442  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2443  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2444                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2445                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2446                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2447                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2448                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2449                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2450                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2451                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2452
2453  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2454  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2455  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2456  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2457
2458  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2459  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2460
2461private:
2462  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2463  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2464  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2465
2466  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2467  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2468  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2469                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2470                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2471
2472public:
2473  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2474  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2475  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2476  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2477  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2478    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2479  }
2480
2481  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2482  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2483    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2484  }
2485
2486  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2487  /// pool.
2488  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2489
2490  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2491  /// there are multiple signatures.
2492  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2493                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2494                                                   bool warn=true) {
2495    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2496                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2497  }
2498
2499  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2500  /// there are multiple signatures.
2501  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2502                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2503                                                  bool warn=true) {
2504    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2505                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2506  }
2507
2508  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2509  /// implementation.
2510  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2511
2512  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2513  /// initialization.
2514  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2515                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2516
2517  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2518  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2519public:
2520  class FullExprArg {
2521  public:
2522    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2523
2524    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2525    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2526    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2527    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2528
2529    ExprResult release() {
2530      return E;
2531    }
2532
2533    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2534
2535    Expr *operator->() {
2536      return E;
2537    }
2538
2539  private:
2540    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2541    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2542    friend class Sema;
2543
2544    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2545
2546    Expr *E;
2547  };
2548
2549  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2550    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2551  }
2552  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2553    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2554  }
2555
2556  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2557
2558  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2559                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2560
2561  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2562  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2563  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2564                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2565                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2566
2567  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2568  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2569  public:
2570    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2571      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2572    }
2573
2574    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2575      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2576    }
2577
2578  private:
2579    Sema &S;
2580  };
2581
2582  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2583                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2584                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2585  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2586  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2587  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2588                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2589                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2590  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2591
2592  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2593                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2594                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2595  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2596                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2597
2598  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2599                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2600                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2601
2602  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2603                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2604                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2605                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2606  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2607                                            Expr *Cond,
2608                                            Decl *CondVar);
2609  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2610                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2611  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2612                            FullExprArg Cond,
2613                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2614  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2615                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2616                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2617                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2618
2619  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2620                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2621                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2622                          Decl *SecondVar,
2623                          FullExprArg Third,
2624                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2625                          Stmt *Body);
2626  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2627                                           Expr *collection);
2628  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2629                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2630                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2631  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2632
2633  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2634    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2635    BFRK_Build,
2636    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2637    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2638    BFRK_Rebuild,
2639    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2640    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2641    BFRK_Check
2642  };
2643
2644  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2645                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2646                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2647                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2648  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2649                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2650                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2651                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2652                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2653                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2654                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2655  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2656
2657  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2658                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2659                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2660  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2661                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2662                                   Expr *DestExp);
2663  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2664  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2665
2666  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2667                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2668
2669  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2670  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2671
2672  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2673                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2674                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2675                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2676                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2677                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2678
2679  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2680                                       unsigned &Size, bool &IsVarDecl);
2681  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2682                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2683  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2684                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2685
2686  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2687                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2688                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2689                                  bool Invalid = false);
2690
2691  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2692
2693  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2694                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2695
2696  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2697
2698  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2699                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2700
2701  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2702  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2703                                  Scope *CurScope);
2704  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2705                                            Expr *operand);
2706  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2707                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2708                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2709
2710  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2711
2712  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2713                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2714                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2715                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2716
2717  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2718
2719  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2720                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2721  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2722                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2723
2724  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2725                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2726                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2727                              Stmt *Handler);
2728
2729  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2730                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2731                                 Stmt *Block);
2732
2733  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2734                                  Stmt *Block);
2735
2736  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2737
2738  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2739
2740  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2741  /// of it.
2742  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2743
2744  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2745  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2746  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2747  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2748
2749  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2750  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2751  ///
2752  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2753  ///     if (condition);
2754  ///       do_stuff();
2755  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2756                             const Stmt *Body,
2757                             unsigned DiagID);
2758
2759  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2760  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2761  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2762                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2763
2764  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2765    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2766  }
2767  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2768
2769  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2770  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2771    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2772  }
2773  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2774    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2775  }
2776
2777  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2778
2779  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2780                              SourceLocation Loc,
2781                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2782                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2783
2784  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2785
2786  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2787                                     StringRef message);
2788
2789  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2790  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2791
2792  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2793  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2794                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2795  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2796  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2797  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2798                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2799                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2800  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2801                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2802
2803  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2804                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2805                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2806  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2807  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2808                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2809                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2810  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2811
2812  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2813
2814  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2815  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2816
2817  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2818
2819  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2820  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2821  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2822  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2823  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2824  // named expressions.
2825  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2826  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2827  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2828  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2829  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2830
2831  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2832  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2833
2834  enum TryCaptureKind {
2835    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2836  };
2837
2838  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2839  ///
2840  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2841  ///
2842  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2843  ///
2844  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2845  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2846  ///
2847  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2848  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2849  ///
2850  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2851  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2852  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2853  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2854  ///
2855  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2856  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2857  /// variable can be captured.
2858  ///
2859  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2860  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2861  /// captured.
2862  ///
2863  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2864  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2865  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2866                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2867                          QualType &CaptureType,
2868                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2869
2870  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2871  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2872                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2873                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2874
2875  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2876  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2877  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2878
2879  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2880  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2881                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2882
2883  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2884  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2885  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2886  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2887                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2888                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2889
2890  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2891  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2892                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2893
2894  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2895  /// evaluation context.
2896  ///
2897  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
2898  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
2899  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
2900  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
2901  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2902                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2903
2904  // Primary Expressions.
2905  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2906
2907  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2908                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2909                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2910                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2911                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2912
2913  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2914                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2915                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2916                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2917
2918  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2919                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2920                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2921                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2922
2923  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2924                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2925                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2926
2927  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2928                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2929                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2930                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2931                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2932
2933  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2934                              ExprValueKind VK,
2935                              SourceLocation Loc,
2936                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2937  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2938                              ExprValueKind VK,
2939                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2940                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2941  ExprResult
2942  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2943                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2944                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2945                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2946                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2947  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2948                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2949                                             LookupResult &R,
2950                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2951  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2952                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2953                                     LookupResult &R,
2954                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2955                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2956  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2957                                  const LookupResult &R,
2958                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2959
2960  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2961                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2962                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
2963  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2964                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2965                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2966                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2967
2968  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2969                                      LookupResult &R,
2970                                      bool NeedsADL);
2971  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2972                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2973                                      NamedDecl *D);
2974
2975  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2976                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2977                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2978                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2979                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2980
2981  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2982  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2983  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2984  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2985  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2986  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2987                                SourceLocation R,
2988                                MultiExprArg Val);
2989
2990  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2991  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2992  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2993                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2994
2995  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2996                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2997                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2998                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2999                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
3000                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
3001  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3002                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3003                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3004                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3005                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
3006                                        Expr **Exprs,
3007                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
3008
3009  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3010  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3011                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3012  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3013                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3014  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3015                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3016
3017  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3018                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3019                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3020                                            SourceRange R);
3021  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3022                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3023  ExprResult
3024    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3025                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3026                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3027                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3028
3029  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3030  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3031
3032  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3033  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3034                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3035                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3036  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3037                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3038                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3039                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3040                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3041  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3042                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3043
3044  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3045                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3046  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3047                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3048
3049  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3050                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3051                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3052                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3053                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3054                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3055                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3056
3057  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3058  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3059  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3060  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3061  // defines a custom operator->).
3062  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3063    Scope *S;
3064    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3065    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3066    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3067  };
3068
3069  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3070                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3071                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3072                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3073                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3074                                      LookupResult &R,
3075                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3076                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3077                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3078
3079  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3080  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3081                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3082                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3083                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3084                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3085
3086  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3087                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3088                                     const LookupResult &R);
3089
3090  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3091                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3092                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3093                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3094                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3095                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3096                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3097
3098  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3099                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3100                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3101                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3102                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3103                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3104                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3105                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3106
3107  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3108  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3109                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3110                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3111                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3112                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3113                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3114  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3115                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3116                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3117
3118  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3119  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3120  /// locations.
3121  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3122                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3123                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3124  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3125                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3126                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3127                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3128                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3129                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3130
3131  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3132                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3133                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3134
3135  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3136                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3137                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3138  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3139                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3140                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3141                                 Expr *Op);
3142  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3143
3144  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3145  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3146                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3147                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3148
3149  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3150
3151  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3152                                  ParsedType Ty,
3153                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3154                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3155
3156  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3157                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3158                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3159                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3160
3161  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3162                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3163                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3164
3165  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3166                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3167                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3168                                        ExprResult Init);
3169
3170  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3171                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3172  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3173                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3174  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3175                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3176
3177  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3178  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3179  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3180                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3181                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3182
3183  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3184  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3185                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3186
3187  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3188  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3189                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3190  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3191
3192  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3193  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3194    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3195    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3196    union {
3197      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3198      Expr *E;
3199    } U;
3200  };
3201
3202  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3203  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3204                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3205                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3206                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3207                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3208  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3209                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3210                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3211                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3212                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3213                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3214                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3215
3216  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3217  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3218                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3219                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3220
3221  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3222  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3223                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3224  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3225                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3226
3227  // __null
3228  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3229
3230  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3231
3232  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3233  enum IfExistsResult {
3234    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3235    IER_Exists,
3236
3237    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3238    IER_DoesNotExist,
3239
3240    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3241    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3242    IER_Dependent,
3243
3244    /// \brief An error occurred.
3245    IER_Error
3246  };
3247
3248  IfExistsResult
3249  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3250                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3251
3252  IfExistsResult
3253  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3254                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3255                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3256
3257  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3258                                        bool IsIfExists,
3259                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3260                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3261                                        Stmt *Nested);
3262  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3263                                        bool IsIfExists,
3264                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3265                                        Stmt *Nested);
3266
3267  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3268
3269  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3270  /// started.
3271  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3272
3273  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3274  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3275  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3276                           Scope *CurScope);
3277
3278  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3279  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3280  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3281
3282  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3283  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3284  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3285                                Scope *CurScope);
3286
3287  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3288
3289  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3290  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3291                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3292                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3293
3294  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3295
3296  // Act on C++ namespaces
3297  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3298                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3299                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3300                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3301                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3302                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3303  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3304
3305  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3306  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3307
3308  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3309
3310  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3311  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3312  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3313
3314  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3315  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3316  ///
3317  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3318  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3319
3320  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3321  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3322  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3323
3324  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3325                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3326                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3327                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3328                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3329                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3330                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3331
3332  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3333
3334  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3335                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3336                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3337                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3338                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3339                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3340                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3341
3342  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3343  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3344                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3345  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3346                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3347
3348  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3349                                   bool isTypeName,
3350                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3351                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3352                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3353  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3354                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3355                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3356
3357  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3358                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3359                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3360                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3361                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3362                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3363                                   bool IsTypeName,
3364                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3365
3366  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3367
3368  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3369                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3370                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3371                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3372                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3373                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3374                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3375                              bool IsTypeName,
3376                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3377  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3378                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3379                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3380                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3381                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3382                              TypeResult Type);
3383
3384  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3385  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3386  ///
3387  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3388  ExprResult
3389  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3390                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3391                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3392                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3393                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3394
3395  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3396  // the constructor can be elidable?
3397  ExprResult
3398  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3399                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3400                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3401                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3402                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3403
3404  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3405  /// the default expr if needed.
3406  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3407                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3408                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3409
3410  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3411  /// constructed variable.
3412  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3413
3414  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3415  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3416  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3417    // Pointer to allow copying
3418    Sema *Self;
3419    // We order exception specifications thus:
3420    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3421    // throw() comes next.
3422    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3423    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3424    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3425    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3426    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3427    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3428
3429    void ClearExceptions() {
3430      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3431      Exceptions.clear();
3432    }
3433
3434  public:
3435    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3436      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3437      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3438        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3439    }
3440
3441    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3442    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3443      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3444             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3445      return ComputedEST;
3446    }
3447
3448    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3449    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3450
3451    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3452    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3453
3454    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3455    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3456
3457    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3458    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3459
3460    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3461    /// computed exception specification.
3462    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3463      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3464      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3465        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3466        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3467      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3468        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3469        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3470        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3471        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3472        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3473                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3474      }
3475    }
3476    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3477      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3478      getEPI(EPI);
3479      return EPI;
3480    }
3481  };
3482
3483  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3484  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3485  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3486  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3487                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3488
3489  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3490  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3491  /// will be const.
3492  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3493  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3494
3495  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3496  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3497  /// parameter will be const.
3498  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3499  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3500
3501  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3502  /// constructor of a class will have.
3503  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3504  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3505
3506  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3507  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3508  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3509  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3510
3511  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3512  /// destructor of a class will have.
3513  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3514  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3515
3516  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3517  /// special member function.
3518  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3519
3520  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3521  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3522  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3523                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3524                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3525                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3526                                   llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3527                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3528
3529  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3530  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3531  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3532                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3533
3534  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3535  ///
3536  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3537  /// default constructor will be added.
3538  ///
3539  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3540  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3541                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3542
3543  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3544  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3545  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3546                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3547
3548  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3549  ///
3550  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3551  /// destructor will be added.
3552  ///
3553  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3554  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3555
3556  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3557  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3558  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3559                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3560
3561  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3562  ///
3563  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3564  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3565  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3566                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3567
3568  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3569  ///
3570  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3571  /// constructors will be added.
3572  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3573
3574  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3575  ///
3576  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3577  /// copy constructor will be added.
3578  ///
3579  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3580  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3581
3582  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3583  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3584  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3585                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3586
3587  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3588  ///
3589  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3590  /// move constructor will be added.
3591  ///
3592  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3593  /// declared.
3594  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3595
3596  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3597  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3598  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3599                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3600
3601  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3602  ///
3603  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3604  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3605  ///
3606  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3607  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3608
3609  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3610  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3611                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3612
3613  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3614  ///
3615  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3616  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3617  ///
3618  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3619  /// wasn't declared.
3620  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3621
3622  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3623  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3624                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3625
3626  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3627  /// class.
3628  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3629
3630  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3631  /// special member function.
3632  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3633
3634  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3635  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3636  ///
3637  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3638  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3639
3640  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3641  /// member function.
3642  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3643
3644  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3645  /// static member function.
3646  ///
3647  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3648  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3649
3650  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3651  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3652  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3653  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3654
3655  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3656                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3657                               SourceLocation Loc,
3658                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3659                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3660
3661  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3662                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3663                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3664                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3665                               bool EnteringContext);
3666
3667  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3668
3669  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3670  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3671                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3672
3673  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3674  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3675                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3676                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3677                               Declarator &D,
3678                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3679                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3680                               Expr *E,
3681                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3682
3683  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3684                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3685                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3686                               Expr *E,
3687                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3688                               SourceRange Parens);
3689
3690  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3691                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3692                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3693                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3694  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3695                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3696                            Expr *Operand,
3697                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3698
3699  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3700  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3701                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3702                            void *TyOrExpr,
3703                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3704
3705  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3706                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3707                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3708                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3709  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3710                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3711                            Expr *Operand,
3712                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3713
3714  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3715  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3716                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3717                            void *TyOrExpr,
3718                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3719
3720
3721  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3722  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3723
3724  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3725  ///
3726  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3727  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3728
3729  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3730  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3731  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3732  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3733
3734  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3735  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3736  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3737    Sema &S;
3738    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3739    bool Enabled;
3740
3741  public:
3742    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3743    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3744    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3745    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3746    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3747                     bool Enabled = true);
3748
3749    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3750  };
3751
3752  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3753  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3754  ///
3755  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3756  ///
3757  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3758  /// capture list.
3759  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3760
3761  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3762  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3763  /// being defined.
3764  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3765
3766  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3767  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3768
3769
3770  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3771  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3772
3773  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3774  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3775
3776  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3777  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3778  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3779                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3780  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3781                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3782
3783  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3784  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3785  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3786  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3787  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3788                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3789                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3790                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3791
3792  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3793                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3794                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3795                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3796
3797  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3798  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3799                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3800                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3801                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3802                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3803                         Expr *Initializer);
3804  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3805                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3806                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3807                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3808                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3809                         QualType AllocType,
3810                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3811                         Expr *ArraySize,
3812                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3813                         Expr *Initializer,
3814                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3815
3816  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3817                          SourceRange R);
3818  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3819                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3820                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3821                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3822                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3823  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3824                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3825                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3826                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3827                              bool Diagnose = true);
3828  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3829  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3830                                       QualType Argument,
3831                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3832
3833  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3834                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3835                                bool Diagnose = true);
3836
3837  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3838  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3839                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3840                            Expr *Operand);
3841
3842  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3843  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3844                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3845                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3846
3847  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3848                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3849  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3850                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3851
3852  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3853  /// pseudo-functions.
3854  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3855                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3856                                 ParsedType Ty,
3857                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3858
3859  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3860                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3861                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3862                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3863
3864  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3865  /// pseudo-functions.
3866  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3867                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3868                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3869                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3870                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3871
3872  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3873                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3874                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3875                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3876                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3877
3878  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3879  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3880                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3881                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3882  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3883                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3884                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3885
3886  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3887  /// pseudo-functions.
3888  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3889                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3890                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3891                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3892                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3893
3894  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3895                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3896                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3897                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3898                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3899
3900  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3901  /// pseudo-functions.
3902  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3903                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3904                                  Expr *Queried,
3905                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3906
3907  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3908                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3909                                  Expr *Queried,
3910                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3911
3912  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3913                                          Expr *Base,
3914                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3915                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3916                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3917                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3918
3919  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3920
3921  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3922                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3923                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3924                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3925                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3926                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3927                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3928                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3929                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3930
3931  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3932                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3933                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3934                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3935                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3936                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3937                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3938                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3939                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3940
3941  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3942                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3943                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3944                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3945                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3946                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3947
3948  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3949  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3950  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3951  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3952  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3953  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3954
3955  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
3956    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
3957                                          : SourceLocation());
3958  }
3959  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC);
3960  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3961
3962  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3963  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3964
3965  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3966  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3967                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3968  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3969  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3970  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3971
3972  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3973  ///
3974  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3975  ///
3976  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3977  ///
3978  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3979  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3980  ///
3981  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3982  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3983                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3984
3985  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3986  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3987
3988  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3989                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3990                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3991                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3992
3993  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3994                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3995                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3996                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3997                                   QualType ObjectType,
3998                                   bool EnteringContext,
3999                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4000                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4001                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4002
4003  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4004  ///
4005  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4006  ///
4007  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4008  ///
4009  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4010  ///
4011  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4012  ///
4013  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4014  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4015  ///
4016  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4017  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4018  ///
4019  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4020  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4021  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4022  /// including this new type).
4023  ///
4024  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4025  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4026                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4027                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4028                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4029                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4030                                   bool EnteringContext,
4031                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4032
4033  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4034
4035  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4036                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4037                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4038
4039  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4040                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4041                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4042                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4043                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4044                                 bool EnteringContext);
4045
4046  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4047  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4048  ///
4049  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4050  ///
4051  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4052  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4053  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4054  /// including this new type).
4055  ///
4056  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4057  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4058  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4059  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4060  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4061  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4062  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4063  ///
4064  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4065  /// nested-name-specifier.
4066  ///
4067  ///
4068  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4069  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4070                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4071                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4072                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4073                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4074                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4075                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4076                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4077                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4078                                   bool EnteringContext);
4079
4080  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4081  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4082  /// nested-name-specifier.
4083  ///
4084  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4085  ///
4086  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4087  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4088  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4089
4090  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4091  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4092  ///
4093  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4094  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4095  ///
4096  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4097  ///
4098  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4099  /// of the annotation pointer.
4100  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4101                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4102                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4103
4104  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4105
4106  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4107  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4108  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4109  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4110  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4111  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4112  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4113
4114  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4115  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4116  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4117  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4118  /// defining scope.
4119  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4120
4121  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4122  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4123  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4124  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4125  /// class X.
4126  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4127
4128  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4129  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4130  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4131
4132  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4133  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4134                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4135                                         bool KnownDependent);
4136
4137  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4138  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4139                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4140                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4141                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4142                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4143
4144  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4145  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4146                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4147                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4148                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4149                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4150                                          bool Mutable);
4151
4152  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4153  /// given lambda.
4154  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4155
4156  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4157  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4158
4159  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4160  /// statements present in the body.
4161  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4162
4163  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4164  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4165  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4166  /// lambda.
4167  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4168                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4169
4170  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4171  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4172  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4173                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4174
4175  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4176  /// was successfully completed.
4177  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4178                             Scope *CurScope,
4179                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4180
4181  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4182  /// function pointer.
4183  ///
4184  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4185  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4186  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4187  /// block pointer conversion.
4188  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4189         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4190
4191  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4192  /// block pointer.
4193  ///
4194  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4195  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4196  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4197  /// block pointer conversion.
4198  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4199                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4200
4201  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4202                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4203                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4204                                           Expr *Src);
4205
4206  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4207  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4208                                    Expr **Strings,
4209                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4210
4211  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4212
4213  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4214  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4215  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4216  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4217  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4218                                  bool Value);
4219  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4220
4221  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4222  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4223  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4224  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4225  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4226  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4227
4228  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4229                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4230                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4231                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4232
4233  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4234                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4235                                        unsigned NumElements);
4236
4237  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4238                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4239                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4240  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4241                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4242                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4243
4244  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4245                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4246                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4247                                       ParsedType Ty,
4248                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4249
4250  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4251  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4252                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4253                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4254                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4255                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4256
4257  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4258  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4259                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4260                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4261                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4262                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4263                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4264
4265  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4266  // C++ Declarations
4267  //
4268  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4269                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4270                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4271                                       StringRef Lang,
4272                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4273  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4274                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4275                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4276
4277
4278  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4279  // C++ Classes
4280  //
4281  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4282                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4283
4284  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4285                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4286                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4287                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4288
4289  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4290                                 Declarator &D,
4291                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4292                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4293                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4294  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4295                                        Expr *Init);
4296
4297  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4298                                    Scope *S,
4299                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4300                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4301                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4302                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4303                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4304                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4305                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4306                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4307                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4308
4309  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4310                                    Scope *S,
4311                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4312                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4313                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4314                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4315                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4316                                    Expr *InitList,
4317                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4318
4319  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4320                                    Scope *S,
4321                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4322                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4323                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4324                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4325                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4326                                    Expr *Init,
4327                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4328
4329  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4330                                       Expr *Init,
4331                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4332
4333  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4334                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4335                                     Expr *Init,
4336                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4337                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4338
4339  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4340                                           Expr *Init,
4341                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4342
4343  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4344                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4345
4346  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4347                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
4348                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
4349
4350  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4351
4352
4353  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4354  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4355  /// referenced.
4356  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4357                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4358
4359  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4360  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4361  /// first use occurred.
4362  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4363
4364  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4365  /// materialized.
4366  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4367
4368  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4369  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4370  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4371  /// by code generation).
4372  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4373
4374  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4375  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4376
4377  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4378                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4379    DynamicClassesType;
4380
4381  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4382  /// unit.
4383  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4384
4385  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4386  /// given location.
4387  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4388                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4389
4390  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4391  /// in the given class as needed.
4392  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4393                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4394
4395  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4396  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4397  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4398                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4399
4400  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4401  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4402  /// vtables.
4403  ///
4404  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4405  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4406
4407  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4408
4409  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4410                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4411                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4412                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4413                            bool AnyErrors);
4414
4415  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4416  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4417                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4418                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4419                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4420                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4421  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4422
4423  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4424  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4425  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4426  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4427  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4428  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4429  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4430  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4431  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4432  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4433
4434  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4435                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4436                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4437                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4438  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4439                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4440                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4441                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4442                                     bool Failed);
4443
4444  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4445                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4446                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4447  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4448                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4449  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4450                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4451
4452  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4453                                      StorageClass& SC);
4454  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4455  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4456                                     StorageClass& SC);
4457  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4458  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4459                                 StorageClass& SC);
4460  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4461
4462  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4463  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4464                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4465  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4466
4467  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4468  // C++ Derived Classes
4469  //
4470
4471  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4472  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4473                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4474                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4475                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4476                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4477
4478  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4479                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4480                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4481                                ParsedType basetype,
4482                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4483                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4484
4485  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4486                            unsigned NumBases);
4487  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4488                           unsigned NumBases);
4489
4490  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4491  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4492
4493  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4494  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4495
4496  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4497
4498  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4499                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4500                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4501                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4502  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4503                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4504                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4505                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4506                                    DeclarationName Name,
4507                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4508
4509  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4510
4511  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4512                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4513
4514  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4515  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4516  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4517                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4518
4519  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4520  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4521  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4522                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4523
4524  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4525
4526  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4527  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4528
4529  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4530  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4531  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4532  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4533                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4534
4535
4536  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4537  // C++ Access Control
4538  //
4539
4540  enum AccessResult {
4541    AR_accessible,
4542    AR_inaccessible,
4543    AR_dependent,
4544    AR_delayed
4545  };
4546
4547  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4548                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4549                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4550
4551  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4552                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4553  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4554                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4555  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4556                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4557                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4558                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4559                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4560  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4561                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4562                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4563                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4564                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4565  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4566                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4567                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4568                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4569                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4570  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4571                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4572                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4573                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4574  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4575  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4576                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4577                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4578                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4579  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4580                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4581  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4582                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4583                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4584                                    unsigned DiagID,
4585                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4586                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4587  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4588  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4589  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4590                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4591                                            QualType objectType);
4592
4593  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4594                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4595  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4596                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4597
4598  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4599
4600  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4601  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4602  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4603
4604  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4605    AbstractNone = -1,
4606    AbstractReturnType,
4607    AbstractParamType,
4608    AbstractVariableType,
4609    AbstractFieldType,
4610    AbstractIvarType,
4611    AbstractArrayType
4612  };
4613
4614  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4615                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4616  template<typename T1>
4617  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4618                              unsigned DiagID,
4619                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4620    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4621    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4622  }
4623
4624  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4625  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4626                              unsigned DiagID,
4627                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4628    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4629    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4630  }
4631
4632  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4633  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4634                              unsigned DiagID,
4635                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4636    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4637    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4638  }
4639
4640  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4641
4642  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4643                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4644
4645  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4646  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4647  //
4648
4649  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4650
4651  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4652
4653  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4654  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4655  //
4656  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4657                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4658  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4659                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4660
4661  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4662                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4663                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4664
4665  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4666                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4667                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4668                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4669                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4670                                  bool EnteringContext,
4671                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4672                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4673
4674  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4675                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4676                                   Scope *S,
4677                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4678                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4679                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4680
4681  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4682  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4683
4684  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4685                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4686                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4687                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4688                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4689                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4690                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4691                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4692
4693  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4694  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4695                                      unsigned Depth,
4696                                      unsigned Position,
4697                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4698                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4699  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4700                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4701                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4702                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4703                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4704                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4705                                       unsigned Depth,
4706                                       unsigned Position,
4707                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4708                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4709
4710  TemplateParameterList *
4711  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4712                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4713                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4714                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4715                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4716                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4717
4718  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4719  /// list.
4720  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4721    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4722    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4723    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4724    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4725    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4726    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4727  };
4728
4729  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4730                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4731                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4732  TemplateParameterList *
4733  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4734                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4735                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4736                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4737                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4738                                          bool IsFriend,
4739                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4740                                          bool &Invalid);
4741
4742  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4743                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4744                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4745                                AttributeList *Attr,
4746                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4747                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4748                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4749                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4750                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4751
4752  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4753                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4754
4755  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4756
4757  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4758                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4759                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4760
4761  TypeResult
4762  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4763                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4764                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4765                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4766                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4767                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4768
4769  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4770  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4771  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4772                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4773                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4774                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4775                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4776                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4777                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4778                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4779                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4780                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4781
4782
4783  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4784                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4785                                 LookupResult &R,
4786                                 bool RequiresADL,
4787                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4788
4789  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4790                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4791                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4792                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4793
4794  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4795                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4796                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4797                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4798                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4799                                              bool EnteringContext,
4800                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4801
4802  DeclResult
4803  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4804                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4805                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4806                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4807                                   TemplateTy Template,
4808                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4809                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4810                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4811                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4812                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4813                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4814
4815  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4816                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4817                                Declarator &D);
4818
4819  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4820                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4821                                        Declarator &D);
4822
4823  bool
4824  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4825                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4826                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4827                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4828                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4829                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4830
4831  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4832                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4833                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4834
4835  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4836                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4837                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4838  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4839
4840  DeclResult
4841  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4842                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4843                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4844                             unsigned TagSpec,
4845                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4846                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4847                             TemplateTy Template,
4848                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4849                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4850                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4851                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4852                             AttributeList *Attr);
4853
4854  DeclResult
4855  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4856                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4857                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4858                             unsigned TagSpec,
4859                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4860                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4861                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4862                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4863                             AttributeList *Attr);
4864
4865  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4866                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4867                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4868                                        Declarator &D);
4869
4870  TemplateArgumentLoc
4871  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4872                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4873                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4874                                          Decl *Param,
4875                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4876
4877  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4878  /// argument is being checked.
4879  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4880    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4881    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4882    CTAK_Specified,
4883
4884    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4885    /// deduction.
4886    CTAK_Deduced,
4887
4888    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4889    /// via template argument deduction.
4890    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4891  };
4892
4893  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4894                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4895                             NamedDecl *Template,
4896                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4897                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4898                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4899                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4900                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4901
4902  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4903  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4904  ///
4905  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4906  /// provided.
4907  ///
4908  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4909  ///
4910  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4911  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4912  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4913  /// arguments.
4914  ///
4915  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4916  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4917  /// set of template arguments.
4918  ///
4919  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4920  /// arguments.
4921  ///
4922  ///
4923  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4924  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4925  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4926  ///
4927  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4928  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4929                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4930                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4931                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4932                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4933                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4934
4935  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4936                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4937                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4938
4939  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4940                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4941  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4942                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4943                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4944                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4945  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4946                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4947                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
4948
4949  ExprResult
4950  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4951                                          QualType ParamType,
4952                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4953  ExprResult
4954  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4955                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4956
4957  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4958  /// for equality.
4959  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4960    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4961    /// that might be redeclarations.
4962    ///
4963    /// \code
4964    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4965    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4966    /// \endcode
4967    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4968
4969    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4970    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4971    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4972    ///
4973    /// \code
4974    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4975    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4976    /// \endcode
4977    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4978
4979    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4980    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4981    /// template parameter.
4982    ///
4983    /// \code
4984    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4985    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4986    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4987    /// \endcode
4988    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4989  };
4990
4991  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4992                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4993                                      bool Complain,
4994                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4995                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4996                                        = SourceLocation());
4997
4998  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4999
5000  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5001  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5002  ///
5003  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5004  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5005  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5006  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5007  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5008  TypeResult
5009  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5010                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5011                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5012
5013  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5014  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5015  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5016  ///
5017  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5018  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5019  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5020  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5021  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5022  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5023  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5024  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5025  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5026  TypeResult
5027  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5028                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5029                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5030                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5031                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5032                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5033                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5034                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5035
5036  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5037                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5038                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5039                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5040                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5041
5042  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5043                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5044                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5045  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5046
5047  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5048  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5049                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5050
5051  std::string
5052  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5053                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5054
5055  std::string
5056  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5057                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5058                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5059
5060  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5061  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5062  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5063
5064  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5065  /// being diagnosed.
5066  ///
5067  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5068  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5069  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5070    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5071    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5072
5073    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5074    UPPC_BaseType,
5075
5076    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5077    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5078
5079    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5080    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5081
5082    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5083    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5084
5085    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5086    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5087
5088    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5089    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5090
5091    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5092    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5093
5094    /// \brief A using declaration.
5095    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5096
5097    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5098    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5099
5100    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5101    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5102
5103    /// \brief An initializer.
5104    UPPC_Initializer,
5105
5106    /// \brief A default argument.
5107    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5108
5109    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5110    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5111
5112    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5113    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5114
5115    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5116    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5117
5118    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5119    UPPC_IfExists,
5120
5121    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5122    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5123
5124    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5125    UPPC_Lambda,
5126
5127    /// \brief Block expression,
5128    UPPC_Block
5129};
5130
5131  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5132  ///
5133  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5134  ///
5135  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5136  /// parameter packs.
5137  ///
5138  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5139  ///
5140  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5141  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5142                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5143                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5144
5145  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5146  /// diagnose the error.
5147  ///
5148  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5149  ///
5150  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5151  /// packs.
5152  ///
5153  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5154  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5155                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5156
5157  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5158  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5159  ///
5160  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5161  /// parameter packs.
5162  ///
5163  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5164  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5165                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5166
5167  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5168  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5169  ///
5170  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5171  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5172  ///
5173  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5174  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5175                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5176
5177  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5178  /// diagnose the error.
5179  ///
5180  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5181  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5182  ///
5183  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5184  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5185                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5186
5187  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5188  /// diagnose the error.
5189  ///
5190  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5191  ///
5192  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5193  /// parameter packs.
5194  ///
5195  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5196  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5197                                       TemplateName Template,
5198                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5199
5200  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5201  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5202  ///
5203  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5204  /// parameter packs.
5205  ///
5206  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5207  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5208                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5209
5210  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5211  /// template argument.
5212  ///
5213  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5214  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5215  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5216                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5217
5218  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5219  /// template argument.
5220  ///
5221  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5222  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5223  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5224                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5225
5226  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5227  /// type.
5228  ///
5229  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5230  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5231  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5232                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5233
5234  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5235  /// type.
5236  ///
5237  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5238  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5239  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5240                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5241
5242  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5243  /// nested-name-specifier.
5244  ///
5245  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5246  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5247  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5248                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5249
5250  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5251  /// name.
5252  ///
5253  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5254  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5255  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5256                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5257
5258  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5259  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5260  ///
5261  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5262  /// may already be invalid.
5263  ///
5264  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5265  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5266                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5267
5268  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5269  /// creates a pack expansion.
5270  ///
5271  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5272  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5273  ///
5274  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5275  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5276
5277  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5278  /// expansion.
5279  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5280                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5281                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5282
5283  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5284  /// expansion.
5285  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5286                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5287                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5288                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5289
5290  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5291  /// creates a pack expansion.
5292  ///
5293  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5294  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5295  ///
5296  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5297  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5298
5299  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5300  /// creates a pack expansion.
5301  ///
5302  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5303  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5304  ///
5305  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5306  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5307                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5308
5309  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5310  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5311  /// transforming the pattern.
5312  ///
5313  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5314  /// pack expansion.
5315  ///
5316  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5317  /// the pack expansion.
5318  ///
5319  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5320  /// pattern.
5321  ///
5322  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5323  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5324  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5325  ///
5326  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5327  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5328  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5329  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5330  ///
5331  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5332  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5333  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5334  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5335  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5336  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5337  /// set this value in other cases.
5338  ///
5339  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5340  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5341  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5342  /// must be set.
5343  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5344                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5345                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5346                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5347                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5348                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5349                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5350
5351  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5352  /// type.
5353  ///
5354  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5355  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5356  ///
5357  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5358  llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5359                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5360
5361  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5362  /// parameter packs.
5363  ///
5364  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5365  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5366  ///
5367  /// \code
5368  ///   void f(T...);
5369  /// \endcode
5370  ///
5371  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5372  /// a variadic function.
5373  ///
5374  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5375  /// false otherwise.
5376  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5377
5378  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5379  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5380  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5381
5382  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5383  ///
5384  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5385  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5386  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5387  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5388  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5389  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5390  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5391  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5392    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5393    TDK_Success = 0,
5394    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5395    TDK_Invalid,
5396    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5397    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5398    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5399    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5400    /// for every template parameter.
5401    TDK_Incomplete,
5402    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5403    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5404    TDK_Inconsistent,
5405    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5406    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5407    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5408    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5409    TDK_Underqualified,
5410    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5411    /// resulted in an error.
5412    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5413    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5414    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5415    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5416    /// arguments provided.
5417    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5418    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5419    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5420    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5421    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5422    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5423    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5424    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5425    /// template arguments for the given template.
5426    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5427    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5428    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5429    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5430  };
5431
5432  TemplateDeductionResult
5433  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5434                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5435                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5436
5437  TemplateDeductionResult
5438  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5439                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5440                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5441                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5442                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5443                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5444
5445  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5446  // deduction for a call.
5447  struct OriginalCallArg {
5448    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5449                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5450                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5451      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5452        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5453
5454    QualType OriginalParamType;
5455    unsigned ArgIdx;
5456    QualType OriginalArgType;
5457  };
5458
5459  TemplateDeductionResult
5460  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5461                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5462                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5463                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5464                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5465           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5466
5467  TemplateDeductionResult
5468  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5469                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5470                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5471                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5472                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5473
5474  TemplateDeductionResult
5475  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5476                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5477                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5478                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5479                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5480
5481  TemplateDeductionResult
5482  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5483                          QualType ToType,
5484                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5485                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5486
5487  TemplateDeductionResult
5488  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5489                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5490                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5491                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5492
5493  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5494  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5495    DAR_Succeeded,
5496    DAR_Failed,
5497    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5498  };
5499
5500  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5501                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5502  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5503
5504  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5505                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5506                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5507                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5508                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5509  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5510                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5511                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5512                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5513                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5514                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5515                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5516                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5517                                        bool Complain = true,
5518                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5519
5520  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5521  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5522                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5523                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5524                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5525
5526  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5527                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5528                                  unsigned Depth,
5529                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5530  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5531                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5532    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5533  }
5534  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5535                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5536                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5537
5538  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5539  // C++ Template Instantiation
5540  //
5541
5542  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5543                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5544                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5545                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5546
5547  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5548  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5549    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5550    enum InstantiationKind {
5551      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5552      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5553      TemplateInstantiation,
5554
5555      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5556      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5557      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5558      /// arguments as specified.
5559      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5560      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5561
5562      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5563      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5564      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5565      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5566
5567      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5568      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5569      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5570
5571      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5572      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5573      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5574      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5575      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5576      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5577
5578      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5579      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5580      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5581      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5582
5583      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5584      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5585      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5586
5587      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5588      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5589      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5590    } Kind;
5591
5592    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5593    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5594
5595    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5596    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5597    /// arguments.
5598    NamedDecl *Template;
5599
5600    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5601    Decl *Entity;
5602
5603    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5604    /// are not part of the entity.
5605    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5606
5607    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5608    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5609
5610    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5611    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5612    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5613
5614    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5615    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5616    /// template instantiation.
5617    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5618
5619    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5620      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5621        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5622
5623    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5624    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5625    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5626
5627    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5628                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5629      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5630        return false;
5631
5632      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5633        return false;
5634
5635      switch (X.Kind) {
5636      case TemplateInstantiation:
5637      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5638        return true;
5639
5640      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5641      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5642        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5643          return false;
5644
5645        // Fall through
5646
5647      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5648      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5649      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5650      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5651        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5652
5653      }
5654
5655      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5656    }
5657
5658    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5659                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5660      return !(X == Y);
5661    }
5662  };
5663
5664  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5665  ///
5666  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5667  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5668  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5669  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5670  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5671    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5672
5673  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5674  /// template instantiation.
5675  ///
5676  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5677  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5678  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5679
5680  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5681  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5682  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5683  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5684
5685  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5686  /// error or warning was produced.
5687  ///
5688  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5689  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5690  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5691  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5692  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5693
5694  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5695  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5696  ///
5697  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5698  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5699  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5700  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5701
5702  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5703  /// within a \c Sema object.
5704  ///
5705  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5706  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5707    Sema &Self;
5708    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5709
5710  public:
5711    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5712      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5713      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5714    }
5715
5716    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5717      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5718    }
5719  };
5720
5721  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5722
5723  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5724  ///
5725  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5726  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5727  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5728
5729  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5730  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5731  /// deduction.
5732  ///
5733  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5734  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5735    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5736
5737  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5738  /// instantiation.
5739  ///
5740  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5741  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5742  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5743  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5744  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5745  ///
5746  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5747  /// the stack.
5748  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5749    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5750    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5751    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5752                          Decl *Entity,
5753                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5754
5755    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5756    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5757    /// of a function template.
5758    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5759                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5760                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5761
5762    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5763    /// template-id.
5764    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5765                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5766                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5767                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5768
5769    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5770    /// template-id.
5771    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5772                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5773                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5774                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5775                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5776                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5777
5778    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5779    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5780    /// specialization.
5781    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5782                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5783                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5784                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5785                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5786
5787    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5788                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5789                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5790                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5791
5792    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5793    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5794    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5795                          NamedDecl *Template,
5796                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5797                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5798                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5799
5800    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5801                          NamedDecl *Template,
5802                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5803                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5804                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5805
5806    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5807    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5808    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5809                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5810                          NamedDecl *Param,
5811                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5812                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5813
5814
5815    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5816    void Clear();
5817
5818    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5819
5820    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5821    /// recursive template instantiations.
5822    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5823
5824  private:
5825    Sema &SemaRef;
5826    bool Invalid;
5827    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5828    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5829                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5830
5831    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5832
5833    InstantiatingTemplate&
5834    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5835  };
5836
5837  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5838
5839  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5840  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5841  /// errors.
5842  ///
5843  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5844  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5845  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5846  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5847  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5848
5849  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5850  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5851  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5852    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5853           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5854    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
5855  }
5856
5857  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5858  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5859  /// deduction.`
5860  class SFINAETrap {
5861    Sema &SemaRef;
5862    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5863    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5864    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5865
5866  public:
5867    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5868      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5869        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5870                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5871        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5872    {
5873      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5874        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5875      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5876    }
5877
5878    ~SFINAETrap() {
5879      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5880      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5881        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5882      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5883    }
5884
5885    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5886    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5887      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5888    }
5889  };
5890
5891  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5892  /// variables.
5893  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5894
5895  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5896  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5897
5898  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5899    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5900
5901  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5902  /// name lookup.
5903  ///
5904  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5905  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5906  /// string represents a keyword.
5907  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5908
5909  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5910  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5911
5912  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5913  ///
5914  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5915  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5916  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5917  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5918  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5919  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5920  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5921
5922  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5923  /// but have not yet been performed.
5924  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5925
5926  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5927  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5928  ///
5929  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5930  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5931  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5932  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5933  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5934
5935  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5936
5937  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5938                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5939                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5940
5941  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5942                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5943                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5944
5945  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5946                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5947                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5948
5949  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5950                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5951                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5952                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5953                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5954                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5955  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5956                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5957                                int indexAdjustment,
5958                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5959                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5960  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5961                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5962                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5963                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5964                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5965  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5966                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5967
5968  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5969  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5970  ///
5971  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5972  ///
5973  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5974  ///
5975  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5976  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5977  ///
5978  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5979  ///
5980  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5981  ///
5982  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5983  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5984                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5985                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5986
5987  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5988                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5989
5990  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5991                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5992
5993  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5994                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5995                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5996
5997  bool
5998  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5999                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6000                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6001
6002  bool
6003  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6004                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6005                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6006                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6007                   bool Complain = true);
6008
6009  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6010                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6011                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6012                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6013
6014  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6015    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6016    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6017    Decl *NewDecl;
6018
6019    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6020                              Decl *D)
6021      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6022    { }
6023  };
6024  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6025
6026  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6027                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6028                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6029                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6030
6031  bool
6032  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6033                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6034                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6035                           bool Complain = true);
6036
6037  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6038                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6039                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6040                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6041
6042  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6043                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6044                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6045                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6046
6047  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6048  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6049                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6050
6051  DeclarationNameInfo
6052  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6053                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6054  TemplateName
6055  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6056                    SourceLocation Loc,
6057                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6058  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6059             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6060             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6061
6062  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6063                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6064  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6065                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6066                                     bool Recursive = false,
6067                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6068  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6069                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6070                                     VarDecl *Var,
6071                                     bool Recursive = false,
6072                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6073
6074  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6075                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6076                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6077
6078  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6079                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6080  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6081                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6082
6083  // Objective-C declarations.
6084  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6085    OCK_None = -1,
6086    OCK_Interface = 0,
6087    OCK_Protocol,
6088    OCK_Category,
6089    OCK_ClassExtension,
6090    OCK_Implementation,
6091    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6092  };
6093  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6094
6095  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6096                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6097                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6098                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6099                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6100                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6101                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6102                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6103                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6104                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6105
6106  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6107                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6108                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6109                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6110
6111  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6112    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6113    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6114    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6115
6116  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6117                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6118                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6119                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6120                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6121                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6122                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6123
6124  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6125                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6126                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6127                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6128                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6129                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6130                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6131                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6132                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6133
6134  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6135                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6136                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6137                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6138                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6139
6140  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6141                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6142                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6143                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6144                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6145
6146  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6147                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6148
6149  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6150                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6151                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6152                                     unsigned NumElts);
6153
6154  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6155                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6156                                        unsigned NumElts,
6157                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6158
6159  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6160                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6161                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6162                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6163
6164  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6165  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6166  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6167  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6168                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6169                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6170                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6171
6172  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6173  /// setters and getters as needed.
6174  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6175  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6176  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6177  ///        in class extension.
6178  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6179  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6180                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6181                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6182                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6183
6184
6185  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6186                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6187                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6188  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
6189
6190
6191  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
6192
6193  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6194                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6195
6196  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6197                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6198
6199  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6200                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6201                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6202                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6203
6204  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6205                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6206                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6207                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6208                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6209                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6210                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6211
6212  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6213                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6214                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6215                              bool ImplKind,
6216                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6217                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6218                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6219
6220  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6221    OSMK_None,
6222    OSMK_Alloc,
6223    OSMK_New,
6224    OSMK_Copy,
6225    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6226    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6227  };
6228
6229  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6230    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6231    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6232    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6233    // in this case.
6234    ParsedType Type;
6235    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6236
6237    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6238    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6239  };
6240
6241  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6242    Scope *S,
6243    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6244    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6245    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6246    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6247    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6248    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6249    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6250    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6251    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6252    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6253    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6254
6255  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6256                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6257                                              bool IsInstance);
6258  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6259                                           bool IsInstance);
6260
6261  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6262
6263  ExprResult
6264  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6265                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6266                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6267                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6268                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6269                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6270                            bool Super);
6271
6272  ExprResult
6273  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6274                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6275                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6276                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6277
6278  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6279
6280  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6281  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6282  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6283    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6284    ObjCSuperMessage,
6285    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6286    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6287    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6288    /// name.
6289    ObjCClassMessage
6290  };
6291
6292  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6293                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6294                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6295                                     bool IsSuper,
6296                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6297                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6298
6299  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6300                               Selector Sel,
6301                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6302                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6303                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6304                               MultiExprArg Args);
6305
6306  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6307                               QualType ReceiverType,
6308                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6309                               Selector Sel,
6310                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6311                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6312                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6313                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6314                               MultiExprArg Args,
6315                               bool isImplicit = false);
6316
6317  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6318                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6319                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6320                                       Selector Sel,
6321                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6322                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6323
6324  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6325                               ParsedType Receiver,
6326                               Selector Sel,
6327                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6328                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6329                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6330                               MultiExprArg Args);
6331
6332  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6333                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6334                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6335                                  Selector Sel,
6336                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6337                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6338                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6339                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6340                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6341                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6342
6343  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6344                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6345                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6346                                          Selector Sel,
6347                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6348                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6349
6350  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6351                                  Expr *Receiver,
6352                                  Selector Sel,
6353                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6354                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6355                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6356                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6357
6358  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6359                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6360                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6361                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6362                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6363
6364  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6365                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6366                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6367                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6368                                  ParsedType Type,
6369                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6370                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6371
6372  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6373
6374  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6375  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6376  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6377                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
6378                               bool IsImplementation);
6379
6380  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6381  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6382    RTC_Compatible,
6383    RTC_Incompatible,
6384    RTC_Unknown
6385  };
6386
6387  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6388                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6389                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6390
6391  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6392    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6393    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6394    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6395    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6396    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6397    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6398  };
6399
6400  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6401  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6402                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6403
6404  enum PragmaPackKind {
6405    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6406    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6407    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6408    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6409  };
6410
6411  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6412    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6413    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6414  };
6415
6416  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6417  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6418                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6419                       Expr *Alignment,
6420                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6421                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6422                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6423
6424  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6425  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6426
6427  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6428  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6429                         Scope *curScope,
6430                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6431
6432  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6433  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6434                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6435
6436  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6437                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6438  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6439
6440  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6441  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6442                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6443                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6444
6445  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6446  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6447  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6448                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6449                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6450                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6451                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6452
6453  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6454  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6455                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6456                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6457                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6458                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6459
6460  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6461  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6462  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6463
6464  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6465  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6466  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6467
6468  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6469  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6470
6471  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6472  void FreePackedContext();
6473
6474  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6475  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6476  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6477                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6478
6479  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6480  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6481  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6482
6483  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6484  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6485  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6486
6487  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6488  void FreeVisContext();
6489
6490  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6491  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6492  /// the appropriate attribute.
6493  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6494
6495  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6496  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6497                      bool isDeclSpec);
6498  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6499                      bool isDeclSpec);
6500
6501  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6502  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6503    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6504    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6505    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6506    CCK_CStyleCast,
6507    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6508    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6509    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6510    CCK_OtherCast
6511  };
6512
6513  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6514  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6515  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6516  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6517                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6518                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6519                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6520                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6521
6522  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6523  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6524  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6525
6526  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6527  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6528  /// required.
6529  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6530
6531  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6532  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6533  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6534
6535  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6536  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6537  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6538
6539  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6540  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6541  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6542  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6543
6544  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6545  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6546  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6547  // type.
6548  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6549
6550  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6551  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6552  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6553  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6554
6555  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6556  enum VariadicCallType {
6557    VariadicFunction,
6558    VariadicBlock,
6559    VariadicMethod,
6560    VariadicConstructor,
6561    VariadicDoesNotApply
6562  };
6563
6564  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6565                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6566                                       Expr *Fn);
6567
6568  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6569  // vararg function.
6570  enum VarArgKind {
6571    VAK_Valid,
6572    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6573    VAK_Invalid
6574  };
6575
6576  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6577  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6578
6579  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6580  /// form of call prototypes.
6581  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6582                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6583                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6584                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6585                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6586                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6587                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6588                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6589
6590  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6591  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6592  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6593                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6594
6595  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6596  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6597  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6598
6599  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6600  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6601  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6602  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6603  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6604  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6605                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6606
6607  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6608  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6609  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6610  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6611  /// source and destination type.
6612  enum AssignConvertType {
6613    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6614    Compatible,
6615
6616    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6617    /// accept as an extension.
6618    PointerToInt,
6619
6620    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6621    /// accept as an extension.
6622    IntToPointer,
6623
6624    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6625    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6626    FunctionVoidPointer,
6627
6628    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6629    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6630    IncompatiblePointer,
6631
6632    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6633    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6634    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6635    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6636    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6637
6638    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6639    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6640    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6641
6642    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6643    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6644    /// like address spaces.
6645    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6646
6647    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6648    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6649    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6650    /// extension.
6651    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6652
6653    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6654    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6655    IncompatibleVectors,
6656
6657    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6658    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6659    IntToBlockPointer,
6660
6661    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6662    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6663    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6664
6665    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6666    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6667    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6668    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6669
6670    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6671    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6672    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6673
6674    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6675    /// represent it in the AST.
6676    Incompatible
6677  };
6678
6679  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6680  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6681  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6682  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6683                                SourceLocation Loc,
6684                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6685                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6686                                bool *Complained = 0);
6687
6688  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6689  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6690  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6691                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6692
6693  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6694  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6695  /// C99 6.5.16.
6696  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6697                                               QualType LHSType,
6698                                               QualType RHSType);
6699
6700  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6701  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6702  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6703                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6704                                               CastKind &Kind);
6705
6706  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6707  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6708  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6709  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6710                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6711                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6712
6713  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6714  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6715  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6716                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6717
6718  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6719
6720  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6721
6722  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6723                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6724                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6725  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6726                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6727                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6728                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6729  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6730                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6731                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6732                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6733                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6734  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6735                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6736                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6737                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6738
6739  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6740  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6741
6742  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6743  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6744                           ExprResult &RHS);
6745  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6746    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6747    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6748  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6749    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6750    bool IsDivide);
6751  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6752    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6753    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6754  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6755    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6756    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6757  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6758    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6759    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6760  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6761    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6762    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6763  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6764    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6765                                bool isRelational);
6766  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6767    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6768    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6769  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6770    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6771  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6772  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6773  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6774  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6775    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6776
6777  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6778                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6779  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6780                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6781                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6782  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6783  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6784
6785  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6786    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6787    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6788  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6789    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6790    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6791  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6792                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6793  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6794                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6795                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6796    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6797    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6798                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6799    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6800    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6801    return Composite;
6802  }
6803
6804  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6805                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6806
6807  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6808                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6809
6810  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6811  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6812                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6813  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6814  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6815                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6816  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6817                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6818
6819  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6820  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6821
6822  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6823
6824  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6825  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6826  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6827  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6828    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6829    /// reference binding is not possible.
6830    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6831    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6832    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6833    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6834    Ref_Related,
6835    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6836    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6837    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6838    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6839    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6840    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6841    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6842    Ref_Compatible
6843  };
6844
6845  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6846                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6847                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6848                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6849                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6850
6851  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6852                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6853                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6854
6855  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6856  /// given type.
6857  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6858
6859  /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an
6860  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
6861  ///
6862  /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the
6863  ///   argument is invalid.
6864  QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result);
6865
6866  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6867  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6868  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6869  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6870  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6871                       CastKind &Kind);
6872
6873  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6874  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6875  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6876  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6877  // returns the cast expr
6878  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6879                                CastKind &Kind);
6880
6881  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6882                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6883                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6884                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6885
6886  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6887
6888  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6889  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6890  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6891                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6892                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6893
6894  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6895  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6896
6897  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6898                                             QualType ExprType);
6899
6900  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6901  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6902  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6903  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6904  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
6905
6906  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6907  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6908  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6909
6910  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6911  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6912  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6913
6914  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6915  /// \param Method - May be null.
6916  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6917  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6918  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6919                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6920                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6921                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6922                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6923                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6924                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6925
6926  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6927  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6928  /// and the form of the message send.
6929  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6930                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6931                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6932
6933  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6934  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6935  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6936
6937  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6938  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6939  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6940  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6941  ///
6942  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6943  /// 'if' keyword.
6944  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6945  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6946
6947  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6948                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6949
6950  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6951  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6952  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6953
6954  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6955  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6956  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6957
6958  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6959  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6960
6961  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6962  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6963  /// the specified diagnostic.
6964  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6965                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6966                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6967
6968  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6969  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6970  /// in the global scope.
6971  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6972
6973  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
6974  /// expression violations.
6975  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
6976  public:
6977    bool Suppress;
6978
6979    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
6980
6981    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
6982    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
6983    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
6984  };
6985
6986  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6987  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6988  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6989  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6990                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
6991                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6992  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6993                                             unsigned DiagID,
6994                                             bool AllowFold = true);
6995  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
6996
6997  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6998  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6999  /// Returns false on success.
7000  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7001  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7002                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7003                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7004
7005  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7006    CFT_Device,
7007    CFT_Global,
7008    CFT_Host,
7009    CFT_HostDevice
7010  };
7011
7012  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7013
7014  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7015                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7016
7017  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7018    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7019                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7020  }
7021
7022  /// \name Code completion
7023  //@{
7024  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7025  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7026    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7027    PCC_Namespace,
7028    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7029    PCC_Class,
7030    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7031    /// or category.
7032    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7033    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7034    /// category implementation
7035    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7036    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7037    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7038    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7039    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7040    /// headers.
7041    PCC_Template,
7042    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7043    /// headers within a class.
7044    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7045    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7046    PCC_Expression,
7047    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7048    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7049    PCC_Statement,
7050    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7051    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7052    PCC_ForInit,
7053    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7054    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7055    PCC_Condition,
7056    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7057    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7058    /// in the grammar.
7059    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7060    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7061    PCC_Type,
7062    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7063    /// might also be a type cast.
7064    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7065    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7066    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7067    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7068  };
7069
7070  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7071  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7072                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7073  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7074                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7075                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7076
7077  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7078  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7079                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7080  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7081                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7082                                       bool IsArrow);
7083  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7084  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7085  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7086  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7087  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7088  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7089  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7090  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7091  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7092
7093  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7094                               bool EnteringContext);
7095  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7096  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7097  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7098  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7099  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7100  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7101                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7102                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7103  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7104                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7105
7106  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7107  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7108  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7109  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7110  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7111  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7112  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7113  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7114                                   bool IsParameter);
7115  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7116  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7117                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7118                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7119                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7120  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7121                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7122                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7123                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7124                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7125  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7126                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7127                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7128                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7129                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7130  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7131                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7132  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7133                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7134                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7135  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7136                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7137  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7138  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7139  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7140                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7141                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7142  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7143  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7144                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7145                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7146  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7147                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7148                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7149  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7150  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7151                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7152  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7153                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7154                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7155  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7156                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7157                                          bool AtParameterName,
7158                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7159                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7160                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7161  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7162  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7163  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7164  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7165  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7166                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7167                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7168                                             unsigned Argument);
7169  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7170  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7171                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7172                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7173  //@}
7174
7175  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7176  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7177
7178public:
7179  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7180                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7181
7182private:
7183  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7184                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7185                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7186  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7187  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7188  // FunctionDeclaration.
7189  struct FormatStringInfo {
7190    unsigned FormatIdx;
7191    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7192    bool HasVAListArg;
7193  };
7194
7195  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7196                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7197  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7198                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7199  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7200                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7201  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7202                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7203  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7204                            Expr **Args,
7205                            unsigned NumArgs,
7206                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7207                            SourceLocation Loc);
7208
7209  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7210                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7211                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7212                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7213
7214
7215  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7216
7217  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7218  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7219  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7220
7221  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7222  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7223  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7224
7225public:
7226  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7227  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7228
7229private:
7230  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7231  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7232  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7233  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7234  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7235                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7236  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7237                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7238
7239  enum FormatStringType {
7240    FST_Scanf,
7241    FST_Printf,
7242    FST_NSString,
7243    FST_Strftime,
7244    FST_Strfmon,
7245    FST_Kprintf,
7246    FST_Unknown
7247  };
7248  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7249
7250  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7251    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7252    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7253    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7254  };
7255
7256  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7257                                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7258                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7259                                               unsigned format_idx,
7260                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7261                                               FormatStringType Type,
7262                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7263                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7264
7265  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7266                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
7267                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7268                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7269                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7270
7271  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
7272                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
7273                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7274                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7275  bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7276                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7277                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7278                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7279                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7280
7281  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7282                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7283                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7284
7285  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7286                               unsigned BId,
7287                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7288
7289  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7290                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7291
7292  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7293                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7294
7295  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7296                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7297  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7298  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7299
7300  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7301                                   Expr *Init);
7302
7303public:
7304  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7305  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7306                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7307                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7308
7309  struct TypeTagData {
7310    TypeTagData() {}
7311
7312    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7313        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7314        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7315    {}
7316
7317    QualType Type;
7318
7319    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7320    /// layout-compatibility.
7321    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7322    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7323  };
7324
7325  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7326  /// identifies the magic value.
7327  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7328
7329private:
7330  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7331  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7332      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7333
7334  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7335  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7336  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7337                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7338
7339  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7340  ///
7341  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7342  Scope *CurScope;
7343
7344protected:
7345  friend class Parser;
7346  friend class InitializationSequence;
7347  friend class ASTReader;
7348  friend class ASTWriter;
7349
7350public:
7351  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7352  ///
7353  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7354  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7355  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7356  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7357  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7358  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7359  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7360
7361  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7362
7363  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7364    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7365  }
7366
7367  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7368
7369  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7370    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7371    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7372    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7373      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7374    return DC;
7375  }
7376};
7377
7378/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7379class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7380  Sema &Actions;
7381
7382public:
7383  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7384                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7385                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7386                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7387    : Actions(Actions) {
7388    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7389                                            IsDecltype);
7390  }
7391  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7392                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7393                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7394                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7395    : Actions(Actions) {
7396    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7397                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7398                                            IsDecltype);
7399  }
7400
7401  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7402    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7403  }
7404};
7405
7406}  // end namespace clang
7407
7408#endif
7409